Break up $wgDummyLanguageCodes
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @since 1.22
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
765 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
766 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
767 * for non-specified types.
768 *
769 * @par Example:
770 * @code
771 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
772 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
773 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
774 * ];
775 * @endcode
776 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
777 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
778 */
779 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
780
781 /**
782 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
783 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
784 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
785 * @since 1.26
786 */
787 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
788
789 /**
790 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
791 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
792 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
793 *
794 * @par Example:
795 * @code
796 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
797 * @endcode
798 */
799 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
803 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
804 * appended to it as appropriate.
805 */
806 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
810 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
811 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
812 * access to the thumbnail path.
813 *
814 * @par Example:
815 * @code
816 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
817 * @endcode
818 */
819 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
823 */
824 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
828 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
829 *
830 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
831 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
832 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
833 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
834 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
835 *
836 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
837 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
838 */
839 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
840
841 /**
842 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
843 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
844 * directory layout.
845 */
846 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
847
848 /**
849 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
850 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
851 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
852 * image description page on this wiki.
853 *
854 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
855 */
856 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
857
858 /**
859 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
860 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
861 *
862 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
863 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
864 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
865 */
866 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
867
868 /**
869 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
870 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
871 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
872 */
873 $wgFileBlacklist = [
874 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
875 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
876 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
877 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
878 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
879 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
880 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
881 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
882
883 /**
884 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
885 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
886 */
887 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
888 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
889 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
890 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
891 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
892 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
893 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
894 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
895 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
896 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
897 'application/x-msmetafile',
898 ];
899
900 /**
901 * Allow Java archive uploads.
902 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
903 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
904 */
905 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
906
907 /**
908 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
909 *
910 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
911 */
912 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
913
914 /**
915 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
916 * by $wgFileExtensions.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
924 *
925 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
926 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
927 */
928 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
929
930 /**
931 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
932 */
933 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
934
935 /**
936 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
937 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
938 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
939 *
940 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
941 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
942 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
943 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
944 */
945 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
946 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
947 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
948 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
949 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
950 "application/pdf", // PDF files
951 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
952 ];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for media file type handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
957 *
958 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
959 * and extensions should use extension.json.
960 */
961 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
962
963 /**
964 * Plugins for page content model handling.
965 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
966 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
967 *
968 * @since 1.21
969 */
970 $wgContentHandlers = [
971 // the usual case
972 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
973 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
975 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
976 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
977 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
978 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
979 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
980 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
985 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
986 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
987 */
988 $wgUseImageResize = true;
989
990 /**
991 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
992 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
993 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
994 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
995 *
996 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
997 */
998 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1002 */
1003 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1004
1005 /**
1006 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1007 * @since 1.27
1008 */
1009 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1018 */
1019 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1023 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1024 */
1025 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1029 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1030 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1031 *
1032 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1033 * @code
1034 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1035 * @endcode
1036 *
1037 * Leave as false to skip this.
1038 */
1039 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1043 *
1044 * @since 1.21
1045 */
1046 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1050 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1051 * at sharp edges.
1052 *
1053 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1054 *
1055 * Supported values:
1056 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1057 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1058 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1059 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1060 *
1061 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1062 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1063 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.27
1066 */
1067 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1071 * image formats.
1072 */
1073 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1077 *
1078 * @since 1.26
1079 */
1080 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1081
1082 /**
1083 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1084 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1085 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1086 *
1087 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1088 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1089 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1090 */
1091 $wgSVGConverters = [
1092 'ImageMagick' =>
1093 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1094 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1096 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1097 . '$output $input',
1098 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1099 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1100 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1101 ];
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1120 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1126 *
1127 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1128 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1129 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1130 *
1131 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1132 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1133 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1134 */
1135 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1139 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1140 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1141 *
1142 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1143 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1144 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1145 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1146 *
1147 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1148 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1149 */
1150 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1154 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1155 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1156 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1157 */
1158 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1162 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1163 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1164 *
1165 * @par Example:
1166 * @code
1167 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1169 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1170 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1171 * @endcode
1172 */
1173 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1174
1175 /**
1176 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1177 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1178 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1179 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1180 */
1181 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1182
1183 /**
1184 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1185 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1186 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1187 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1188 */
1189 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1193 * output instead of showing an error message.
1194 *
1195 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1196 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1197 *
1198 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1199 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1200 * are logged to a file for review.
1201 */
1202 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1206 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1207 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1208 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1209 * webserver(s).
1210 */
1211 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1215 */
1216 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1220 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1221 * is available that can rotate.
1222 */
1223 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1227 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1228 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1229 */
1230 $wgAntivirus = null;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1234 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1235 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1236 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1237 *
1238 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1239 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1240 *
1241 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1242 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1243 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1244 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1246 * path.
1247 *
1248 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1249 * function in SpecialUpload.
1250 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1251 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1252 * is not set.
1253 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1254 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1255 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1256 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1257 * no virus was found.
1258 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1259 * a virus.
1260 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1261 *
1262 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1263 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1264 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1265 */
1266 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1267
1268 # setup for clamav
1269 'clamav' => [
1270 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1271 'codemap' => [
1272 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1273 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1274 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1275 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1276 ],
1277 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1278 ],
1279 ];
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1288 */
1289 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1295 */
1296 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1297
1298 /**
1299 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1300 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1306 * the MIME type to standard output.
1307 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1308 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1309 *
1310 * @par Example:
1311 * @code
1312 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1313 * @endcode
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1319 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1320 * can be trusted.
1321 */
1322 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1326 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1327 */
1328 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1329 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1331 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1332 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1334 ];
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1338 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1339 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1340 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1341 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1342 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgImageLimits = [
1345 [ 320, 240 ],
1346 [ 640, 480 ],
1347 [ 800, 600 ],
1348 [ 1024, 768 ],
1349 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1354 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1355 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1356 */
1357 $wgThumbLimits = [
1358 120,
1359 150,
1360 180,
1361 200,
1362 250,
1363 300
1364 ];
1365
1366 /**
1367 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1368 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1369 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1370 *
1371 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1372 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1373 * supports it.
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1379 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1380 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1381 * following buckets:
1382 *
1383 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1384 *
1385 * and a distance of 50:
1386 *
1387 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388 *
1389 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1390 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1396 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1397 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1398 *
1399 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.25
1402 */
1403
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1405
1406 /**
1407 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1408 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1409 *
1410 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1411 * thumbnail's URL.
1412 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1413 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1421 *
1422 * @since 1.25
1423 */
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1428 * HTTP request to.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1433
1434 /**
1435 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1436 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.26
1439 */
1440 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1444 */
1445 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1447 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1449 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1450 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1451 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1452 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1453 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1454 'mode' => 'traditional',
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2348 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2349 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2350 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2351 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2352 *
2353 * The options are:
2354 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2355 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2356 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2357 *
2358 * @since 1.26
2359 */
2360 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2364 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2365 */
2366 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2370 */
2371 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2372
2373 /**
2374 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2375 */
2376 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2377
2378 /**
2379 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2380 */
2381 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2382
2383 /**
2384 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2385 *
2386 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2387 *
2388 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2389 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2390 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2391 * others' cookies.
2392 *
2393 * @since 1.27
2394 * @var string
2395 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2396 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2397 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2398 */
2399 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2400
2401 /**
2402 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2403 *
2404 * @since 1.28
2405 */
2406 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2407
2408 /**
2409 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2410 */
2411 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2415 */
2416 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2420 * requests.
2421 */
2422 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2426 */
2427 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2428
2429 /**
2430 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2431 *
2432 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2433 *
2434 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2435 *
2436 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2437 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2438 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2439 */
2440 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2444 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2445 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2446 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2447 */
2448 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2452 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2453 *
2454 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2455 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2456 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2457 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2458 * otherwise the database will be used.
2459 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2460 * store static arrays.
2461 *
2462 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2463 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2464 *
2465 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2466 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2467 * will be used.
2468 *
2469 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2470 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2471 */
2472 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2473 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2474 'store' => 'detect',
2475 'storeClass' => false,
2476 'storeDirectory' => false,
2477 'manualRecache' => false,
2478 ];
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2482 */
2483 $wgCachePages = true;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2487 * client-side and server-side caching.
2488 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2489 * @verbatim
2490 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2491 * @endverbatim
2492 */
2493 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2494
2495 /**
2496 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2497 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2498 */
2499 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2503 *
2504 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2505 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2506 * styles.
2507 */
2508 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2509
2510 /**
2511 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2512 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2513 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2514 */
2515 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2519 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2520 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2521 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2522 */
2523 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2524
2525 /**
2526 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2527 * @deprecated since 1.26
2528 */
2529 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2533 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2534 */
2535 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2536
2537 /**
2538 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2539 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2540 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2541 *
2542 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2543 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2544 * don't update as expected.
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2550 */
2551 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2552
2553 /**
2554 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2555 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2556 *
2557 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2558 */
2559 $wgUseGzip = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2563 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2564 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2565 * a grace period.
2566 */
2567 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2571 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2572 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2573 *
2574 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2575 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2576 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2577 */
2578 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2582 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2583 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2584 *
2585 * @par Example:
2586 * @code
2587 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2588 * @endcode
2589 *
2590 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2591 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2592 *
2593 * @var int|bool
2594 */
2595 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2596
2597 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2598
2599 /************************************************************************//**
2600 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2601 *
2602 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2603 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2604 *
2605 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2606 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2607 * more details.
2608 *
2609 * @{
2610 */
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Enable/disable CDN.
2614 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2615 */
2616 $wgUseSquid = false;
2617
2618 /**
2619 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2620 */
2621 $wgUseESI = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2625 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2626 * @since 1.27
2627 */
2628 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2632 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2633 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2634 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2635 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2636 * HTTP redirects.
2637 */
2638 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2642 *
2643 * @par Example:
2644 * @code
2645 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2646 * @endcode
2647 */
2648 $wgInternalServer = false;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2652 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2653 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2654 *
2655 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2656 */
2657 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2658
2659 /**
2660 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2661 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2662 * @since 1.27
2663 */
2664 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2665
2666 /**
2667 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2668 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2669 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2670 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2671 *
2672 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2673 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2674 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2675 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2676 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2677 *
2678 * @since 1.27
2679 */
2680 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2684 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2685 * @since 1.27
2686 */
2687 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2691 *
2692 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2693 */
2694 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2698 *
2699 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2700 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2701 *
2702 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2703 */
2704 $wgSquidServers = [];
2705
2706 /**
2707 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2708 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2709 * CIDR blocks.
2710 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2711 */
2712 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2713
2714 /**
2715 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2716 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2717 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2718 *
2719 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2720 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2721 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2722 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2723 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2724 *
2725 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2726 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2727 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2728 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2729 * reverse).
2730 *
2731 * @since 1.21
2732 */
2733 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2737 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2738 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2739 *
2740 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2741 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2742 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2743 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2744 *
2745 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2746 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2747 * @code
2748 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2749 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2750 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2751 * 'port' => 4827,
2752 * ],
2753 * '' => [
2754 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2755 * 'port' => 4827,
2756 * ],
2757 * ];
2758 * @endcode
2759 *
2760 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2761 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2762 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2765 * @code
2766 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2767 * '' => [
2768 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2769 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2770 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2771 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2772 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2773 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2774 * ],
2775 * ];
2776 * @endcode
2777 *
2778 * @since 1.22
2779 *
2780 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2781 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2782 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2783 *
2784 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2785 */
2786 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2787
2788 /**
2789 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2790 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2791 */
2792 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2793
2794 /**
2795 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2796 */
2797 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2798
2799 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2800
2801 /************************************************************************//**
2802 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2803 * @{
2804 */
2805
2806 /**
2807 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2808 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2809 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2810 *
2811 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2812 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2813 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2814 *
2815 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2816 * change it in their preferences.
2817 *
2818 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2819 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2820 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2821 */
2822 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2823
2824 /**
2825 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2826 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2827 */
2828 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2832 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2833 *
2834 * @par Example:
2835 * @code
2836 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2837 * @endcode
2838 */
2839 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2840
2841 /**
2842 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2843 */
2844 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2845
2846 /**
2847 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2848 */
2849 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2850
2851 /**
2852 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2853 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2854 * Notes:
2855 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2856 * map.
2857 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2858 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2859 * this array.
2860 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2861 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2862 * the prefix in this array.
2863 */
2864 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2865
2866 /**
2867 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2868 */
2869 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2870
2871 /**
2872 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2873 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2874 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2875 *
2876 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2877 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2878 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2879 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2880 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2881 *
2882 * @since 1.29
2883 */
2884 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2885 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2886 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2887 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2888 ];
2889
2890 /**
2891 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2892 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2893 * set to "ar".
2894 *
2895 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2896 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2897 */
2898 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2899
2900 /**
2901 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2902 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2903 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2904 * support these characters.
2905 *
2906 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2907 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2908 */
2909 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2910
2911 /**
2912 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2913 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2914 * impact.
2915 *
2916 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2917 * details.
2918 *
2919 * @since 1.17
2920 */
2921 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2922
2923 /**
2924 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2925 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2926 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2927 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2928 *
2929 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2930 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2931 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2932 */
2933 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2934
2935 /**
2936 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2937 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2938 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2939 */
2940 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2941 /**
2942 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2943 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2944 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2945 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2946 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2947 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2948 *
2949 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2950 */
2951 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2952 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2953 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2954
2955 /**
2956 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2957 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2958 *
2959 * Known useragents:
2960 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2961 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2962 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2963 * - [...]
2964 *
2965 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2966 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2967 */
2968 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2969
2970 /**
2971 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2972 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2973 */
2974 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2975 ];
2976
2977 /**
2978 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2979 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2980 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2981 *
2982 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2983 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2984 * to remain viewable.
2985 *
2986 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2987 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2988 */
2989 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2993 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2994 */
2995 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2996
2997 /**
2998 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2999 * numerals in interface.
3000 */
3001 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3005 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3006 */
3007 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3008
3009 /**
3010 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3011 */
3012 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3013
3014 /**
3015 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3016 */
3017 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3021 */
3022 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3026 */
3027 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3031 */
3032 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3036 *
3037 * @par Example:
3038 * @code
3039 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3040 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3041 * @endcode
3042 */
3043 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3047 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3048 * language variant.
3049 *
3050 * @par Example:
3051 * @code
3052 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3053 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3054 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3055 * @endcode
3056 *
3057 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3058 *
3059 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3060 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3061 */
3062 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3066 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3067 * customise these.
3068 */
3069 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3070
3071 /**
3072 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3073 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3074 *
3075 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3076 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3077 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3078 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3079 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3080 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3081 * the default behavior.
3082 *
3083 * @par Example:
3084 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3085 * portal:
3086 * @code
3087 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3088 * @endcode
3089 */
3090 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3091
3092 /**
3093 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3094 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3095 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3096 *
3097 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3098 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3099 *
3100 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3101 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3102 *
3103 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3104 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3105 *
3106 * @par Examples:
3107 * @code
3108 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3109 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3113 * @endcode
3114 */
3115 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3119 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3120 *
3121 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3122 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3123 *
3124 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3125 */
3126 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3127
3128 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3129
3130 /*************************************************************************//**
3131 * @name Output format and skin settings
3132 * @{
3133 */
3134
3135 /**
3136 * The default Content-Type header.
3137 */
3138 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3139
3140 /**
3141 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3142 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3143 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3144 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3145 * @deprecated since 1.22
3146 */
3147 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3148
3149 /**
3150 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3151 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3152 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3153 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3154 * @deprecated since 1.22
3155 */
3156 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3157
3158 /**
3159 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3160 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3161 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3162 * to true by Setup.php.
3163 * @deprecated since 1.22
3164 */
3165 $wgHtml5 = true;
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3169 *
3170 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3171 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3172 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3173 * @since 1.16
3174 */
3175 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3179 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3180 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3181 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3182 * @since 1.24
3183 */
3184 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3188 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3189 * stable and change has been communicated.
3190 * @since 1.24
3191 */
3192 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3196 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3197 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3198 *
3199 * @since 1.28
3200 */
3201 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3202
3203 /**
3204 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3205 *
3206 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3207 *
3208 * @par Example:
3209 * @code
3210 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3211 * @endcode
3212 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3213 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3214 *
3215 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3216 */
3217 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3221 *
3222 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3223 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3224 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3225 */
3226 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3227
3228 /**
3229 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3230 */
3231 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3232
3233 /**
3234 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3235 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3236 */
3237 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3238
3239 /**
3240 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3241 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3242 */
3243 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3244
3245 /**
3246 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3247 *
3248 * @since 1.24
3249 */
3250 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3254 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3255 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3256 */
3257 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3258
3259 /**
3260 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3261 */
3262 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Allow user Javascript page?
3266 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3267 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3268 */
3269 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3270
3271 /**
3272 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3273 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3274 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3275 */
3276 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3277
3278 /**
3279 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3280 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3281 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3282 */
3283 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3287 */
3288 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3292 */
3293 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3294
3295 /**
3296 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3297 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3298 */
3299 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3300
3301 /**
3302 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3303 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3304 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3305 *
3306 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3307 *
3308 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3309 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3310 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3311 *
3312 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3313 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3314 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3315 * recommended.
3316 *
3317 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3318 * not just edit pages.
3319 */
3320 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3324 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3325 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3326 * Options are:
3327 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3328 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3329 * - false: Allow all framing.
3330 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3331 */
3332 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3336 */
3337 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3341 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3342 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3343 *
3344 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3345 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3346 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3347 */
3348 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3349
3350 /**
3351 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3352 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3353 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3354 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3355 *
3356 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3357 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3358 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3359 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3360 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3361 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3362 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3363 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3364 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3365 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3366 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3367 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3368 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3369 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3370 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3371 * not be outputted
3372 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3373 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3374 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3375 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3376 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3377 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3378 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3379 */
3380 $wgFooterIcons = [
3381 "copyright" => [
3382 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3383 ],
3384 "poweredby" => [
3385 "mediawiki" => [
3386 // Defaults to point at
3387 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3388 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3389 "src" => null,
3390 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3391 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3392 ]
3393 ],
3394 ];
3395
3396 /**
3397 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3398 * to create an account.
3399 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3400 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3401 */
3402 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3403
3404 /**
3405 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3406 */
3407 $wgEdititis = false;
3408
3409 /**
3410 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3411 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3412 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3413 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3414 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3415 *
3416 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3417 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3418 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3419 */
3420 $wgSend404Code = true;
3421
3422 /**
3423 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3424 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3425 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3426 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3427 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3428 *
3429 * @since 1.20
3430 */
3431 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3432
3433 /**
3434 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3435 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3436 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3437 * unconditionally.
3438 */
3439 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3440
3441 /**
3442 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3443 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3444 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3445 * the domain root.
3446 *
3447 * @since 1.25
3448 */
3449 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3450
3451 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3452
3453 /*************************************************************************//**
3454 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3455 * @{
3456 */
3457
3458 /**
3459 * Client-side resource modules.
3460 *
3461 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3462 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3463 *
3464 * @par Example:
3465 * @code
3466 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3467 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3468 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3469 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3470 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3471 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3472 * ];
3473 * @endcode
3474 */
3475 $wgResourceModules = [];
3476
3477 /**
3478 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3479 *
3480 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3481 * not be modified or disabled.
3482 *
3483 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3484 *
3485 * @par Example:
3486 * @code
3487 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3488 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3489 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3490 * ];
3491 *
3492 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3493 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3494 * ];
3495 * @endcode
3496 *
3497 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3498 *
3499 * @par Equivalent:
3500 * @code
3501 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3502 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3503 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3504 * 'skinStyles' => [
3505 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3506 * ],
3507 * ];
3508 * @endcode
3509 *
3510 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3511 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3512 *
3513 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3514 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3515 *
3516 * @par Example:
3517 * @code
3518 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3519 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3520 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3521 * 'skinStyles' => [
3522 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3523 * ],
3524 * ];
3525 * // Note the '+' character:
3526 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3527 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3528 * ];
3529 * @endcode
3530 *
3531 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3532 *
3533 * @par Equivalent:
3534 * @code
3535 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3536 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3537 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3538 * 'skinStyles' => [
3539 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3540 * 'foo' => [
3541 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3542 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3543 * ],
3544 * ],
3545 * ];
3546 * @endcode
3547 *
3548 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3549 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3550 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3551 *
3552 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3553 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3554 *
3555 * @par Example:
3556 * @code
3557 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3558 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3559 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3560 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3561 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3562 * ];
3563 * @endcode
3564 */
3565 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3566
3567 /**
3568 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3569 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3570 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3571 *
3572 * @par Example:
3573 * @code
3574 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3575 * @endcode
3576 */
3577 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3578
3579 /**
3580 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3581 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3582 */
3583 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3584
3585 /**
3586 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3587 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3588 *
3589 * Following options to distinguish:
3590 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3591 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3592 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3593 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3594 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3595 *
3596 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3597 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3598 * client and MediaWiki.
3599 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3600 */
3601 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3602 'versioned' => [
3603 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3604 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3605 ],
3606 'unversioned' => [
3607 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3608 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3609 ],
3610 ];
3611
3612 /**
3613 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3614 *
3615 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3616 */
3617 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3618
3619 /**
3620 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3621 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3622 *
3623 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3624 */
3625 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3626
3627 /**
3628 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3629 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3630 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3631 *
3632 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3635
3636 /**
3637 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3638 *
3639 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3640 */
3641 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3642
3643 /**
3644 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3645 *
3646 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3647 * work.
3648 *
3649 * @par Example of legacy code:
3650 * @code{,js}
3651 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3652 * @endcode
3653 * or:
3654 * @code{,js}
3655 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3656 * @endcode
3657 *
3658 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3659 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3660 * @code{,js}
3661 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3662 * @endcode
3663 * or:
3664 * @code{,js}
3665 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3666 * @endcode
3667 */
3668 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3669
3670 /**
3671 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3672 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3673 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3674 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3675 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3676 * that you can't increase.
3677 *
3678 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3679 * string length limit.
3680 *
3681 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3682 */
3683 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3684
3685 /**
3686 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3687 * prior to minification to validate it.
3688 *
3689 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3690 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3691 */
3692 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3693
3694 /**
3695 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3696 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3697 *
3698 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3699 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3700 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3701 */
3702 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3703
3704 /**
3705 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3706 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3707 *
3708 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3709 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3710 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3711 *
3712 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3713 *
3714 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3715 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3716 *
3717 * @par Example:
3718 * @code
3719 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3720 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3721 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3722 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3723 * ];
3724 * @endcode
3725 * @since 1.22
3726 */
3727 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3728 /**
3729 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3730 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3731 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3732 * @since 1.27
3733 */
3734 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3735 ];
3736
3737 /**
3738 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3739 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3740 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3741 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3742 *
3743 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3744 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3745 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3746 * files from its own tree.
3747 *
3748 * @since 1.22
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3751 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3752 ];
3753
3754 /**
3755 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3756 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3757 */
3758 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3759
3760 /**
3761 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3762 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3763 *
3764 * @since 1.23
3765 */
3766 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3767
3768 /**
3769 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3770 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3771 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3772 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3773 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3774 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3775 * from the rest of the site.
3776 *
3777 * @since 1.25
3778 */
3779 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3780
3781 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3782
3783 /*************************************************************************//**
3784 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3785 * @{
3786 */
3787
3788 /**
3789 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3790 * used instead.
3791 */
3792 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3796 *
3797 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3798 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3799 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3800 */
3801 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3805 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3806 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3807 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3808 * hook or extension.json.
3809 *
3810 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3811 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3812 * the new namespace name.
3813 *
3814 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3815 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3816 *
3817 * @par Example:
3818 * @code
3819 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3820 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3821 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3822 * 102 => "Aide",
3823 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3824 * ];
3825 * @endcode
3826 *
3827 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3828 */
3829 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3830
3831 /**
3832 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3833 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3834 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3835 * @since 1.18
3836 */
3837 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Namespace aliases.
3841 *
3842 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3843 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3844 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3845 * name.
3846 *
3847 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3848 *
3849 * @par Example:
3850 * @code
3851 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3852 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3853 * 'Help' => 100,
3854 * ];
3855 * @endcode
3856 */
3857 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3858
3859 /**
3860 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3861 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3862 *
3863 * Problematic punctuation:
3864 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3865 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3866 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3867 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3868 * corrupted by apache
3869 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3870 *
3871 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3872 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3873 *
3874 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3875 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3876 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3877 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3878 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3879 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3880 *
3881 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3882 *
3883 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3884 * this breaks interlanguage links
3885 */
3886 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3887
3888 /**
3889 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3890 *
3891 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3892 */
3893 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3897 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3898 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3899 *
3900 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3901 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3902 */
3903 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3907 */
3908 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3909
3910 /**
3911 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3912 * @{
3913 */
3914
3915 /**
3916 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3917 * database (.cdb) file.
3918 *
3919 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3920 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3921 * formats such as the following:
3922 *
3923 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3924 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3925 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3926 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3927 *
3928 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3929 * data layout.
3930 *
3931 * @var bool|array|string
3932 */
3933 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3934
3935 /**
3936 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3937 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3938 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3939 * - 3: site levels
3940 */
3941 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3942
3943 /**
3944 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3945 */
3946 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3947
3948 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3949
3950 /**
3951 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3952 * @{
3953 */
3954
3955 /**
3956 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3957 */
3958 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3959
3960 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3961
3962 /**
3963 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3964 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3965 * as 'redirected from' links.
3966 *
3967 * @par Example:
3968 * It might look something like this:
3969 * @code
3970 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3971 * @endcode
3972 *
3973 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3974 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3975 * the URL.
3976 */
3977 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3978
3979 /**
3980 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3981 *
3982 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3983 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3984 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3985 */
3986 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3987
3988 /**
3989 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3990 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3991 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3992 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3993 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3994 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3995 * NS_FILE.
3996 *
3997 * @par Example:
3998 * @code
3999 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4000 * @endcode
4001 */
4002 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4003
4004 /**
4005 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4006 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4007 */
4008 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4009 NS_TALK => true,
4010 NS_USER => true,
4011 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4012 NS_PROJECT => true,
4013 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4014 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4015 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4016 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4017 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4018 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4019 NS_HELP => true,
4020 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4021 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4022 ];
4023
4024 /**
4025 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4026 *
4027 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4028 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4029 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4030 *
4031 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4032 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4033 *
4034 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4035 * the new extension registration system.
4036 *
4037 * @since 1.23
4038 */
4039 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4040
4041 /**
4042 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4043 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4044 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4045 * number of articles in the wiki.
4046 */
4047 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4048
4049 /**
4050 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4051 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4052 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4053 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4054 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4055 */
4056 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4057
4058 /**
4059 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4060 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4061 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4062 */
4063 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4064
4065 /**
4066 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4067 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4068 * will make the redirect fail.
4069 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4070 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4071 *
4072 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4073 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4074 */
4075 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4076
4077 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4078
4079 /************************************************************************//**
4080 * @name Parser settings
4081 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4082 * @{
4083 */
4084
4085 /**
4086 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4087 *
4088 * class The class name
4089 *
4090 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4091 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4092 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4093 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4094 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4095 *
4096 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4097 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4098 *
4099 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4100 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4101 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4102 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4103 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4104 * an extension setup function.
4105 */
4106 $wgParserConf = [
4107 'class' => 'Parser',
4108 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4109 ];
4110
4111 /**
4112 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4113 */
4114 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4118 * by PPFrame::expand()
4119 */
4120 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4121
4122 /**
4123 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4124 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4125 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4126 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4127 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4128 *
4129 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4130 */
4131 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4132
4133 /**
4134 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4135 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4136 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4137 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4138 */
4139 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4140
4141 /**
4142 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4143 */
4144 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4145
4146 /**
4147 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4148 *
4149 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4150 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4151 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4152 * more information.
4153 *
4154 * @see wfParseUrl
4155 */
4156 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4157 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4158 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4159 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4160 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4161 ];
4162
4163 /**
4164 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4165 */
4166 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4167
4168 /**
4169 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4170 */
4171 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4175 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4176 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4177 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4178 *
4179 * @par Examples:
4180 * @code
4181 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4182 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4183 * @endcode
4184 */
4185 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4186
4187 /**
4188 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4189 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4190 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4191 * The image will be displayed.
4192 *
4193 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4194 * Or false to disable it
4195 */
4196 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4197
4198 /**
4199 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4200 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4201 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4202 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4203 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4204 * sites they control.
4205 */
4206 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4207
4208 /**
4209 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4210 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4211 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4212 *
4213 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4214 * parameters will be used instead.
4215 *
4216 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4217 *
4218 * Keys are:
4219 * - driver: May be:
4220 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4221 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4222 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4223 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4224 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4225 *
4226 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4227 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4228 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4229 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4230 */
4231 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4235 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4236 */
4237 $wgUseTidy = false;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * The path to the tidy binary.
4241 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4242 */
4243 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4244
4245 /**
4246 * The path to the tidy config file
4247 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4248 */
4249 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4250
4251 /**
4252 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4253 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4254 */
4255 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4256
4257 /**
4258 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4259 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4260 */
4261 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4262
4263 /**
4264 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4265 * Only works for internal tidy.
4266 */
4267 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4271 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4272 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4273 */
4274 $wgRawHtml = false;
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4278 *
4279 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4280 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4281 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4282 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4283 * to some of your users.
4284 */
4285 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4286
4287 /**
4288 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4289 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4290 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4291 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4292 */
4293 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4297 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4298 */
4299 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4300
4301 /**
4302 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4303 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4304 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4305 *
4306 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4307 *
4308 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4309 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4310 * etc.
4311 *
4312 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4313 */
4314 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4318 */
4319 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4323 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4324 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4325 */
4326 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4330 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4331 */
4332 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4336 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4337 */
4338 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4342 */
4343 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4344
4345 /**
4346 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4347 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4348 */
4349 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4353 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4354 *
4355 * @since 1.28
4356 */
4357 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4358 'ISBN' => false,
4359 'PMID' => false,
4360 'RFC' => false
4361 ];
4362
4363 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4364
4365 /************************************************************************//**
4366 * @name Statistics
4367 * @{
4368 */
4369
4370 /**
4371 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4372 * as a valid article.
4373 *
4374 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4375 *
4376 * This variable can have the following values:
4377 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4378 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4379 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4380 *
4381 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4382 *
4383 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4384 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4385 * script.
4386 */
4387 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4388
4389 /**
4390 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4391 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4392 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4393 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4394 * numbers between different wikis.
4395 */
4396 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4397
4398 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4399
4400 /************************************************************************//**
4401 * @name User accounts, authentication
4402 * @{
4403 */
4404
4405 /**
4406 * Central ID lookup providers
4407 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4408 * @since 1.27
4409 */
4410 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4411 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4412 ];
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4416 * @var string
4417 */
4418 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4419
4420 /**
4421 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4422 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4423 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4424 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4425 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4426 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4427 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4428 * Statements:
4429 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4430 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4431 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4432 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4433 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4434 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4435 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4436 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4437 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4438 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4439 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4440 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4441 * @since 1.26
4442 */
4443 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4444 'policies' => [
4445 'bureaucrat' => [
4446 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4447 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4448 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4449 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4450 ],
4451 'sysop' => [
4452 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4453 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4454 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4455 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4456 ],
4457 'bot' => [
4458 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4459 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4460 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4461 ],
4462 'default' => [
4463 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4464 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4465 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4466 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4467 ],
4468 ],
4469 'checks' => [
4470 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4471 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4472 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4473 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4474 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4475 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4476 ],
4477 ];
4478
4479 /**
4480 * Configure AuthManager
4481 *
4482 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4483 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4484 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4485 * (default is 0).
4486 *
4487 * Elements are:
4488 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4489 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4490 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4491 *
4492 * @since 1.27
4493 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4494 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4495 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4496 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4497 */
4498 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4499
4500 /**
4501 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4502 * @since 1.27
4503 */
4504 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4505 'preauth' => [
4506 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4507 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4508 'sort' => 0,
4509 ],
4510 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4511 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4512 'sort' => 0,
4513 ],
4514 ],
4515 'primaryauth' => [
4516 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4517 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4518 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4519 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4520 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4521 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4522 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4523 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4524 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4525 'args' => [ [
4526 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4527 'authoritative' => false,
4528 ] ],
4529 'sort' => 0,
4530 ],
4531 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4532 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4533 'args' => [ [
4534 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4535 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4536 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4537 // password") if it too fails.
4538 'authoritative' => true,
4539 ] ],
4540 'sort' => 100,
4541 ],
4542 ],
4543 'secondaryauth' => [
4544 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 'sort' => 0,
4547 ],
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 100,
4551 ],
4552 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4553 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4554 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4555 // 'sort' => 100,
4556 // ],
4557 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4558 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4559 'sort' => 200,
4560 ],
4561 ],
4562 ];
4563
4564 /**
4565 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4566 *
4567 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4568 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4569 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4570 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4571 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4572 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4573 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4574 * that needs to do this.
4575 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4576 * the last X seconds.
4577 * - Come up with a third option.
4578 *
4579 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4580 * "X seconds".
4581 *
4582 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4583 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4584 * - LinkAccounts
4585 * - UnlinkAccount
4586 * - ChangeCredentials
4587 * - RemoveCredentials
4588 * - ChangeEmail
4589 *
4590 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4591 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4592 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4593 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4594 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4595 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4596 *
4597 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4598 *
4599 * @since 1.27
4600 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4601 */
4602 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4603 'default' => 300,
4604 ];
4605
4606 /**
4607 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4608 *
4609 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4610 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4611 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4612 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4613 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4614 *
4615 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4616 *
4617 * @since 1.27
4618 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4619 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4620 */
4621 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4622 'default' => true,
4623 ];
4624
4625 /**
4626 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4627 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4628 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4629 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4630 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4631 * @since 1.27
4632 * @var string[]
4633 */
4634 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4635 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4636 ];
4637
4638 /**
4639 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4640 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4641 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4642 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4643 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4644 * @since 1.27
4645 * @var string[]
4646 */
4647 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4648 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4649 ];
4650
4651 /**
4652 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4653 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4654 */
4655 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4656
4657 /**
4658 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4659 * words are allowed.
4660 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4661 */
4662 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4663
4664 /**
4665 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4666 *
4667 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4668 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4669 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4670 *
4671 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4672 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4673 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4674 */
4675 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4676
4677 /**
4678 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4679 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4680 * @since 1.23
4681 */
4682 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4683
4684 /**
4685 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4686 *
4687 * @since 1.24
4688 */
4689 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4690
4691 /**
4692 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4693 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4694 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4695 *
4696 * An advanced example:
4697 * @code
4698 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4699 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4700 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4701 * 'secrets' => [],
4702 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4703 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4704 * 'cost' => 5,
4705 * ];
4706 * @endcode
4707 *
4708 * @since 1.24
4709 */
4710 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4711 'A' => [
4712 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4713 ],
4714 'B' => [
4715 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4716 ],
4717 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4718 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4719 'types' => [
4720 'A',
4721 'pbkdf2',
4722 ],
4723 ],
4724 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4725 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4726 'types' => [
4727 'B',
4728 'pbkdf2',
4729 ],
4730 ],
4731 'bcrypt' => [
4732 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4733 'cost' => 9,
4734 ],
4735 'pbkdf2' => [
4736 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4737 'algo' => 'sha512',
4738 'cost' => '30000',
4739 'length' => '64',
4740 ],
4741 ];
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4745 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4746 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4747 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4748 */
4749 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4750 'username' => true,
4751 'email' => true,
4752 ];
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4756 */
4757 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4758
4759 /**
4760 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4761 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4762 */
4763 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4764
4765 /**
4766 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4767 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4768 */
4769 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4770 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4771 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4772 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4773 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4774 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4775 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4776 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4777 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4778 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4779 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4780 ];
4781
4782 /**
4783 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4784 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4785 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4786 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4787 */
4788 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4789 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4790 'cols' => 80,
4791 'date' => 'default',
4792 'diffonly' => 0,
4793 'disablemail' => 0,
4794 'editfont' => 'default',
4795 'editondblclick' => 0,
4796 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4797 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4798 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4799 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4800 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4801 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4802 'fancysig' => 0,
4803 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4804 'gender' => 'unknown',
4805 'hideminor' => 0,
4806 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4807 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4808 'imagesize' => 2,
4809 'math' => 1,
4810 'minordefault' => 0,
4811 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4812 'nickname' => '',
4813 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4814 'numberheadings' => 0,
4815 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4816 'previewontop' => 1,
4817 'rcdays' => 7,
4818 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4819 'rclimit' => 50,
4820 'rows' => 25,
4821 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4822 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4823 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4824 'skin' => false,
4825 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4826 'thumbsize' => 5,
4827 'underline' => 2,
4828 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4829 'usenewrc' => 1,
4830 'watchcreations' => 1,
4831 'watchdefault' => 1,
4832 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4833 'watchuploads' => 1,
4834 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4835 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4836 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4841 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4842 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4843 'watchmoves' => 0,
4844 'watchrollback' => 0,
4845 'wllimit' => 250,
4846 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4847 'prefershttps' => 1,
4848 ];
4849
4850 /**
4851 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4852 */
4853 $wgHiddenPrefs = [
4854 'rcenhancedfilters',
4855 ];
4856
4857 /**
4858 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4859 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4860 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4861 */
4862 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4863
4864 /**
4865 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4866 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4867 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4868 *
4869 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4870 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4871 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4872 */
4873 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4874
4875 /**
4876 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4877 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4878 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4879 * @since 1.17
4880 */
4881 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4882
4883 /**
4884 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4885 *
4886 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4887 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4888 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4889 *
4890 * @since 1.27
4891 * @var string|null
4892 */
4893 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4894
4895 /**
4896 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4897 *
4898 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4899 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4900 *
4901 * @since 1.27
4902 */
4903 $wgSessionProviders = [
4904 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4905 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4906 'args' => [ [
4907 'priority' => 30,
4908 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4909 ] ],
4910 ],
4911 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4912 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4913 'args' => [ [
4914 'priority' => 75,
4915 ] ],
4916 ],
4917 ];
4918
4919 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4920
4921 /************************************************************************//**
4922 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4923 * @{
4924 */
4925
4926 /**
4927 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4928 */
4929 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4933 */
4934 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4935
4936 /**
4937 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4938 */
4939 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4940
4941 /**
4942 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4943 *
4944 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4945 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4946 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4947 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4948 *
4949 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4950 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4951 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4952 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4953 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4954 */
4955 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4956 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4957 'IPv6' => 19,
4958 ];
4959
4960 /**
4961 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4962 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4963 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4964 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4965 * anonymous visitors.
4966 */
4967 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4968
4969 /**
4970 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4971 *
4972 * @par Example:
4973 * @code
4974 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4975 * @endcode
4976 *
4977 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4978 *
4979 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4980 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4981 *
4982 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4983 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4984 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4985 */
4986 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4987
4988 /**
4989 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4990 *
4991 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4992 * is without underscore.
4993 *
4994 * @par Example:
4995 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4996 * @code
4997 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4998 * @endcode
4999 *
5000 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5001 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5002 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5003 *
5004 * @par Example:
5005 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5006 * @code
5007 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5008 * @endcode
5009 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5010 *
5011 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5012 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5013 */
5014 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5015
5016 /**
5017 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5018 * address before being allowed to edit?
5019 */
5020 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5021
5022 /**
5023 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5024 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5025 */
5026 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5027
5028 /**
5029 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5030 *
5031 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5032 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5033 *
5034 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5035 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5036 *
5037 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5038 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5039 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5040 * in in the user_groups table.
5041 *
5042 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5043 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5044 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5045 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5046 *
5047 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5048 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5049 *
5050 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5051 */
5052 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5053
5054 /** @cond file_level_code */
5055 // Implicit group for all visitors
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5069 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5070
5071 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5091
5092 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5095
5096 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5097 // from various log pages by default
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5106
5107 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5111 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5113 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5115 // can view deleted revision text
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5148 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5152
5153 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5156 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5157 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5158 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5160
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5162 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5163 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5165 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5167 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5168 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5169 // For private suppression log access
5170 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5171
5172 /**
5173 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5174 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5175 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5176 * server.
5177 */
5178 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5179
5180 /** @endcond */
5181
5182 /**
5183 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5184 *
5185 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5186 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5187 *
5188 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5189 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5190 */
5191 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5192
5193 /**
5194 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5195 */
5196 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5197
5198 /**
5199 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5200 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5201 *
5202 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5203 * group".
5204 *
5205 * @par Example:
5206 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5207 * @code
5208 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5209 * @endcode
5210 *
5211 * @par Example:
5212 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5213 * @code
5214 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5215 * @endcode
5216 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5217 * any group that they happen to be in.
5218 */
5219 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5220
5221 /**
5222 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5223 */
5224 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5225
5226 /**
5227 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5228 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5229 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5230 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5231 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5232 */
5233 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5237 *
5238 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5239 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5240 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5241 *
5242 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5243 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5244 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5245 */
5246 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5247
5248 /**
5249 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5250 *
5251 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5252 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5253 *
5254 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5255 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5256 */
5257 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5258
5259 /**
5260 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5261 *
5262 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5263 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5264 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5265 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5266 * "semiprotected".
5267 *
5268 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5269 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5270 */
5271 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5272
5273 /**
5274 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5275 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5276 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5277 *
5278 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5279 */
5280 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5281
5282 /**
5283 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5284 *
5285 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5286 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5287 *
5288 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5289 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5290 */
5291 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5292
5293 /**
5294 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5295 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5296 * privileges of new accounts.
5297 *
5298 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5299 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5300 *
5301 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5302 *
5303 * @par Example:
5304 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5305 * @code
5306 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5307 * @endcode
5308 * Set age to one day:
5309 * @code
5310 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5311 * @endcode
5312 */
5313 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5314
5315 /**
5316 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5317 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5318 *
5319 * @par Example:
5320 * @code
5321 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5322 * @endcode
5323 */
5324 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5328 *
5329 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5330 *
5331 * The format is
5332 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5333 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5334 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5335 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5336 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5343 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5344 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5345 *
5346 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5347 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5348 */
5349 $wgAutopromote = [
5350 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5351 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5352 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5353 ],
5354 ];
5355
5356 /**
5357 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5358 *
5359 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5360 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5361 *
5362 * The format is:
5363 * @code
5364 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5365 * @endcode
5366 * Where event is either:
5367 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5368 *
5369 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5370 *
5371 * @see $wgAutopromote
5372 * @since 1.18
5373 */
5374 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5375 'onEdit' => [],
5376 ];
5377
5378 /**
5379 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5380 * @since 1.18
5381 */
5382 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5383
5384 /**
5385 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5386 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5387 *
5388 * @par Example:
5389 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5392 * @endcode
5393 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5394 * @code
5395 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5396 * @endcode
5397 * Sysops can make bots:
5398 * @code
5399 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5400 * @endcode
5401 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5402 * @code
5403 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5404 * @endcode
5405 */
5406 $wgAddGroups = [];
5407
5408 /**
5409 * @see $wgAddGroups
5410 */
5411 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5412
5413 /**
5414 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5415 * For extensions only.
5416 */
5417 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5418
5419 /**
5420 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5421 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5422 */
5423 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5424
5425 /**
5426 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5427 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5428 * This is limited for performance reason.
5429 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5430 * @since 1.23
5431 */
5432 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5433
5434 /**
5435 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5436 *
5437 * @par Example:
5438 * @code
5439 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5440 * // no more than 100 per month
5441 * [
5442 * 'count' => 100,
5443 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5444 * ],
5445 * // no more than 10 per day
5446 * [
5447 * 'count' => 10,
5448 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5449 * ],
5450 * ];
5451 * @endcode
5452 *
5453 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5454 */
5455 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5456 'count' => 0,
5457 'seconds' => 86400,
5458 ] ];
5459
5460 /**
5461 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5462 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5463 *
5464 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5465 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5466 *
5467 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5468 *
5469 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5470 */
5471 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5472
5473 /**
5474 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5475 */
5476 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5477
5478 /**
5479 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5480 * proxies
5481 * @since 1.16
5482 */
5483 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5484
5485 /**
5486 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5487 *
5488 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5489 * the blacklist require a key).
5490 *
5491 * @par Example:
5492 * @code
5493 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5494 * // String containing URL
5495 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5496 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5497 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5498 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5499 * // just use a string as shown above
5500 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5501 * ];
5502 * @endcode
5503 *
5504 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5505 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5506 * @since 1.16
5507 */
5508 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5509
5510 /**
5511 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5512 * what the other methods might say.
5513 */
5514 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5515
5516 /**
5517 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5518 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5519 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5520 */
5521 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5522
5523 /**
5524 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5525 *
5526 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5527 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5528 * elapses.
5529 *
5530 * @par Example:
5531 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5532 * @code
5533 * $wgRateLimits = [
5534 * 'edit' => [
5535 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5536 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5537 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5538 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5539 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5540 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5541 * ]
5542 * ];
5543 * @endcode
5544 *
5545 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5546 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5547 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5548 * @code
5549 * $wgRateLimits = [
5550 * 'some-action' => [
5551 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5552 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5553 * ];
5554 * @endcode
5555 *
5556 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5557 */
5558 $wgRateLimits = [
5559 // Page edits
5560 'edit' => [
5561 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5562 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5563 ],
5564 // Page moves
5565 'move' => [
5566 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5567 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5568 ],
5569 // File uploads
5570 'upload' => [
5571 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5572 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5573 ],
5574 // Page rollbacks
5575 'rollback' => [
5576 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5577 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5578 ],
5579 // Triggering password resets emails
5580 'mailpassword' => [
5581 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5582 ],
5583 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5584 'emailuser' => [
5585 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5586 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5587 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5588 ],
5589 // Purging pages
5590 'purge' => [
5591 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5592 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5593 ],
5594 // Purges of link tables
5595 'linkpurge' => [
5596 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5597 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5598 ],
5599 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5600 'renderfile' => [
5601 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5602 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5603 ],
5604 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5605 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5606 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5607 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5608 ],
5609 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5610 'stashedit' => [
5611 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5612 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5613 ],
5614 // Adding or removing change tags
5615 'changetag' => [
5616 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5617 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5618 ],
5619 // Changing the content model of a page
5620 'editcontentmodel' => [
5621 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5622 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5623 ],
5624 ];
5625
5626 /**
5627 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5628 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5629 */
5630 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5631
5632 /**
5633 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5634 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5635 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5636 */
5637 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5638
5639 /**
5640 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5641 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5642 */
5643 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5644
5645 /**
5646 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5647 *
5648 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5649 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5650 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5651 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5652 *
5653 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5654 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5655 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5656 */
5657 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5658 // Short term limit
5659 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5660 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5661 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5662 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5663 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5664 ];
5665
5666 /**
5667 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5668 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5669 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5670 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5671 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5672 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5673 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5674 * @since 1.27
5675 */
5676 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5677
5678 // @TODO: clean up grants
5679 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5680
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5691
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5696
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5701
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5704
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5708
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5715
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5723
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5726
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5732 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5733
5734 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5735
5736 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5737
5738 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5739 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5740
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5744
5745 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5746
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5751 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5754
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5756 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5757
5758 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5759
5760 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5761
5762 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5763
5764 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5765
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5767
5768 /**
5769 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5770 * @since 1.27
5771 */
5772 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5773 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5774 'basic' => 'hidden',
5775
5776 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5777 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5778 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5779 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5780
5781 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5782 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5783
5784 'sendemail' => 'email',
5785
5786 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5787 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5788
5789 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5790 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5791
5792 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5793 'rollback' => 'administration',
5794 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5795 'delete' => 'administration',
5796 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5797 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5798 'protect' => 'administration',
5799 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5800
5801 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5802
5803 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5804 ];
5805
5806 /**
5807 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5808 * @since 1.27
5809 */
5810 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5811
5812 /**
5813 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5814 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5815 * @since 1.27
5816 */
5817 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5818
5819 /**
5820 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5821 *
5822 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5823 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5824 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5825 * @since 1.27
5826 */
5827 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5828
5829 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5830
5831 /************************************************************************//**
5832 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5833 * @{
5834 */
5835
5836 /**
5837 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5838 */
5839 $wgSecretKey = false;
5840
5841 /**
5842 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5843 *
5844 * This can have the following formats:
5845 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5846 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5847 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5848 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5849 */
5850 $wgProxyList = [];
5851
5852 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5853
5854 /************************************************************************//**
5855 * @name Cookie settings
5856 * @{
5857 */
5858
5859 /**
5860 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5861 */
5862 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5863
5864 /**
5865 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5866 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5867 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5868 * login cookies session-only.
5869 */
5870 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5871
5872 /**
5873 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5874 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5875 */
5876 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5877
5878 /**
5879 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5880 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5881 */
5882 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5883
5884 /**
5885 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5886 * - true: Set secure flag
5887 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5888 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5889 */
5890 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5891
5892 /**
5893 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5894 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5895 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5896 * check.
5897 */
5898 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5899
5900 /**
5901 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5902 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5903 * name to be used as a prefix.
5904 */
5905 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5906
5907 /**
5908 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5909 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5910 * XSS attack.
5911 */
5912 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5913
5914 /**
5915 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5916 */
5917 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5918
5919 /**
5920 * Override to customise the session name
5921 */
5922 $wgSessionName = false;
5923
5924 /**
5925 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5926 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked.
5927 */
5928 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
5929
5930 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5931
5932 /************************************************************************//**
5933 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5934 * @{
5935 */
5936
5937 /**
5938 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5939 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5940 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5941 * Please see math/README for more information.
5942 */
5943 $wgUseTeX = false;
5944
5945 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5946
5947 /************************************************************************//**
5948 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5949 *
5950 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5951 *
5952 * @{
5953 */
5954
5955 /**
5956 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5957 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5958 * may contain private data.
5959 */
5960 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5961
5962 /**
5963 * Prefix for debug log lines
5964 */
5965 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5966
5967 /**
5968 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5969 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5970 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5971 */
5972 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5973
5974 /**
5975 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5976 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5977 * and gen=js requests.
5978 */
5979 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5980
5981 /**
5982 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5983 *
5984 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5985 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5986 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5987 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5988 */
5989 $wgDebugComments = false;
5990
5991 /**
5992 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5993 *
5994 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5995 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5996 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5997 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5998 */
5999 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6003 *
6004 * @since 1.26
6005 */
6006 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6007 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6008 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6009 'GET' => [
6010 'masterConns' => 0,
6011 'writes' => 0,
6012 'readQueryTime' => 5
6013 ],
6014 // HTTP POST requests.
6015 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6016 'POST' => [
6017 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6018 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6019 'maxAffected' => 1000
6020 ],
6021 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6022 'masterConns' => 0,
6023 'writes' => 0,
6024 'readQueryTime' => 5
6025 ],
6026 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6027 'PostSend' => [
6028 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6029 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6030 'maxAffected' => 1000
6031 ],
6032 // Background job runner
6033 'JobRunner' => [
6034 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6035 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6036 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6037 ],
6038 // Command-line scripts
6039 'Maintenance' => [
6040 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6041 'maxAffected' => 1000
6042 ]
6043 ];
6044
6045 /**
6046 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6047 *
6048 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6049 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6050 * in production.
6051 *
6052 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6053 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6054 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6055 * - associative array with keys:
6056 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6057 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6058 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6059 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6060 *
6061 * @par Example:
6062 * @code
6063 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6064 * @endcode
6065 *
6066 * @par Advanced example:
6067 * @code
6068 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6069 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6070 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6071 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6072 * ];
6073 * @endcode
6074 */
6075 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6079 *
6080 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6081 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6082 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6083 * details.
6084 *
6085 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6086 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6087 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6088 *
6089 * @par To completely disable logging:
6090 * @code
6091 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6092 * @endcode
6093 *
6094 * @since 1.25
6095 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6096 * @see MwLogger
6097 */
6098 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6099 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6100 ];
6101
6102 /**
6103 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6104 *
6105 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6106 */
6107 $wgShowDebug = false;
6108
6109 /**
6110 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6111 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6114
6115 /**
6116 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6117 */
6118 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6119
6120 /**
6121 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6122 */
6123 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6124
6125 /**
6126 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6127 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6128 * to an attacker.
6129 */
6130 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6131
6132 /**
6133 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6134 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6135 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6136 * formatting.
6137 */
6138 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6139
6140 /**
6141 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6142 *
6143 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6144 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6145 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6146 * exception handler.
6147 */
6148 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6149
6150 /**
6151 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6152 */
6153 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6154
6155 /**
6156 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6157 */
6158 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6162 * Should be a string, default false.
6163 * @since 1.20
6164 */
6165 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6166
6167 /**
6168 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6169 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6170 */
6171 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6172
6173 /**
6174 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6175 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6176 * after the limit.
6177 */
6178 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6179
6180 /**
6181 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6182 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6183 */
6184 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6185
6186 /**
6187 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6188 *
6189 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6190 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6191 */
6192 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6193
6194 /**
6195 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6196 *
6197 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6198 *
6199 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6200 *
6201 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6202 * @since 1.25
6203 */
6204 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6205
6206 /**
6207 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6208 *
6209 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6210 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6211 * @since 1.25
6212 */
6213 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6214
6215 /**
6216 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6217 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6218 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6219 * @since 1.28
6220 */
6221 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6222
6223 /**
6224 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6225 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6226 * templates.
6227 */
6228 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6229
6230 /**
6231 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6232 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6233 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6234 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6235 */
6236 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6237
6238 /**
6239 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6240 * filename is passed to it.
6241 *
6242 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6243 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6244 *
6245 * Use full paths.
6246 */
6247 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6248 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6249 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6250 ];
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6254 */
6255 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6259 * @since 1.19
6260 */
6261 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6262
6263 /**
6264 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6265 * queries and other useful output.
6266 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6267 *
6268 * @since 1.19
6269 */
6270 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6271
6272 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6273
6274 /************************************************************************//**
6275 * @name Search
6276 * @{
6277 */
6278
6279 /**
6280 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6281 */
6282 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6283
6284 /**
6285 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6286 * by default off due to execution overhead
6287 */
6288 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6292 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6293 */
6294 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6295
6296 /**
6297 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6298 *
6299 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6300 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6301 *
6302 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6303 *
6304 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6305 */
6306 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6310 *
6311 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6312 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6313 *
6314 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6315 */
6316 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6317 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6318 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6319 ];
6320
6321 /**
6322 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6323 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6324 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6325 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6326 */
6327 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6331 * OpenSearch call.
6332 */
6333 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6337 */
6338 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6342 */
6343 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6344
6345 /**
6346 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6347 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6348 */
6349 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6350
6351 /**
6352 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6353 *
6354 * @par Example:
6355 * @code
6356 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6357 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6358 * @endcode
6359 */
6360 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6361 NS_MAIN => true,
6362 ];
6363
6364 /**
6365 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6366 * implemented by an extension instead.
6367 */
6368 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6372 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6373 * search term.
6374 *
6375 * @par Example:
6376 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6377 * @code
6378 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6379 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6380 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6381 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6382 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6383 * @endcode
6384 */
6385 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6386
6387 /**
6388 * Search form behavior.
6389 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6390 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6391 */
6392 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6393
6394 /**
6395 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6396 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6397 * generated for all namespaces.
6398 */
6399 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6403 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6404 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6405 *
6406 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6407 * @par Example:
6408 * @code
6409 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6410 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6411 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6412 * ];
6413 * @endcode
6414 */
6415 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6419 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6420 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6421 */
6422 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6423
6424 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6425
6426 /************************************************************************//**
6427 * @name Edit user interface
6428 * @{
6429 */
6430
6431 /**
6432 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6433 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6434 */
6435 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6439 */
6440 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6444 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6445 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6446 */
6447 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6448 NS_CATEGORY => true
6449 ];
6450
6451 /**
6452 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6453 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6454 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6455 */
6456 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6460 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6461 * ting this variable false.
6462 */
6463 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6464
6465 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6466
6467 /************************************************************************//**
6468 * @name Maintenance
6469 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6470 * @{
6471 */
6472
6473 /**
6474 * @cond file_level_code
6475 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6476 */
6477 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6478 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6479 }
6480 /** @endcond */
6481
6482 /**
6483 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6484 */
6485 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6489 * used as an explanation to users.
6490 *
6491 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6492 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6493 * option in MySQL.
6494 */
6495 $wgReadOnly = null;
6496
6497 /**
6498 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6499 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6500 * message.
6501 *
6502 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6503 */
6504 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6508 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6509 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6510 *
6511 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6512 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6513 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6514 */
6515 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Fully specified path to git binary
6519 */
6520 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6521
6522 /**
6523 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6524 *
6525 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6526 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6527 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6528 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6529 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6530 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6531 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6532 *
6533 * @since 1.20
6534 */
6535 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6536 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6537 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6538 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6539 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6540 ];
6541
6542 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6543
6544 /************************************************************************//**
6545 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6546 * @{
6547 */
6548
6549 /**
6550 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6551 * seconds will go.
6552 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6553 */
6554 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6555
6556 /**
6557 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6558 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6559 * @since 1.26
6560 */
6561 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6562
6563 /**
6564 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6565 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6566 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6567 * @since 1.26
6568 */
6569 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6570
6571 /**
6572 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6573 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6574 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6575 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6576 * is still there.
6577 */
6578 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6579
6580 /**
6581 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6582 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6583 */
6584 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6585
6586 /**
6587 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6588 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6589 */
6590 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6591
6592 /**
6593 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6594 * should be sent.
6595 *
6596 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6597 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6598 * specified server.
6599 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6600 *
6601 * The common options are:
6602 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6603 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6604 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6605 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6606 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6607 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6608 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6609 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6610 *
6611 * The IRC-specific options are:
6612 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6613 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6614 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6615 *
6616 * The JSON-specific options are:
6617 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6618 *
6619 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6620 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6621 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6622 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6623 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6624 * ];
6625 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6626 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6627 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6628 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6629 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6630 * ];
6631 * @since 1.22
6632 */
6633 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6634
6635 /**
6636 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6637 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6638 */
6639 $wgRCEngines = [
6640 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6641 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6642 ];
6643
6644 /**
6645 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6646 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6647 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6648 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6649 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6650 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6651 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6652 *
6653 * @since 1.27
6654 */
6655 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6659 * New pages and new files are included.
6660 */
6661 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6665 */
6666 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6670 *
6671 * @since 1.27
6672 */
6673 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6674
6675 /**
6676 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6677 */
6678 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6682 */
6683 $wgFeed = true;
6684
6685 /**
6686 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6687 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6688 */
6689 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6693 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6694 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6695 *
6696 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6697 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6698 */
6699 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6700
6701 /**
6702 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6703 * pages larger than this size.
6704 */
6705 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6709 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6710 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6711 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6712 * as value.
6713 * @par Example:
6714 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6715 * @code
6716 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6717 * @endcode
6718 */
6719 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6720
6721 /**
6722 * Available feeds objects.
6723 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6724 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6725 */
6726 $wgFeedClasses = [
6727 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6728 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6729 ];
6730
6731 /**
6732 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6733 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6734 */
6735 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6736
6737 /**
6738 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6739 */
6740 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6741
6742 /**
6743 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6744 */
6745 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6746
6747 /**
6748 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6749 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6750 * highlighted on the RC page.
6751 */
6752 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6756 * view for watched pages with new changes
6757 */
6758 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6759
6760 /**
6761 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6762 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6763 */
6764 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6768 */
6769 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6770
6771 /**
6772 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6773 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6774 */
6775 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6776
6777 /**
6778 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6779 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6780 * watchers.
6781 *
6782 * @since 1.21
6783 */
6784 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6785
6786 /**
6787 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6788 * certain types of edits.
6789 *
6790 * To register a new one:
6791 * @code
6792 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6793 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6794 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6795 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6796 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6797 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6798 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6799 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6800 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6801 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6802 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6803 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6804 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6805 * ];
6806 * @endcode
6807 *
6808 * @since 1.22
6809 */
6810 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6811 'newpage' => [
6812 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6813 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6814 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6815 'grouping' => 'any',
6816 ],
6817 'minor' => [
6818 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6819 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6820 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6821 'class' => 'minoredit',
6822 'grouping' => 'all',
6823 ],
6824 'bot' => [
6825 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6826 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6827 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6828 'class' => 'botedit',
6829 'grouping' => 'all',
6830 ],
6831 'unpatrolled' => [
6832 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6833 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6834 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6835 'grouping' => 'any',
6836 ],
6837 ];
6838
6839 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6840
6841 /************************************************************************//**
6842 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6843 * @{
6844 */
6845
6846 /**
6847 * Override for copyright metadata.
6848 *
6849 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6850 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6851 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6852 */
6853 $wgRightsPage = null;
6854
6855 /**
6856 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6857 * wiki.
6858 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6859 */
6860 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6861
6862 /**
6863 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6864 * link.
6865 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6866 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6867 */
6868 $wgRightsText = null;
6869
6870 /**
6871 * Override for copyright metadata.
6872 */
6873 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6877 */
6878 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6879
6880 /**
6881 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6882 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6883 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6884 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6885 * large wikis.
6886 */
6887 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6888
6889 /**
6890 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6891 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6892 */
6893 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6894
6895 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6896
6897 /************************************************************************//**
6898 * @name Import / Export
6899 * @{
6900 */
6901
6902 /**
6903 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6904 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6905 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6906 *
6907 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6908 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6909 * e.g.
6910 * @code
6911 * $wgImportSources = [
6912 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6913 * 'wikispecies',
6914 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6915 * ];
6916 * @endcode
6917 *
6918 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6919 * the ImportSources hook.
6920 *
6921 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6922 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6923 */
6924 $wgImportSources = [];
6925
6926 /**
6927 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6928 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6929 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6930 *
6931 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6932 */
6933 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6934
6935 /**
6936 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6937 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6938 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6939 */
6940 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6941
6942 /**
6943 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6944 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6945 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6946 */
6947 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6951 */
6952 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6953
6954 /**
6955 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6956 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6957 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6958 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6959 * it's disabled by default for now.
6960 *
6961 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6962 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6963 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6964 */
6965 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6966
6967 /**
6968 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6969 */
6970 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6971
6972 /**
6973 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6974 */
6975 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6979 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6980 *
6981 * @since 1.27
6982 */
6983 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6984
6985 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6986
6987 /*************************************************************************//**
6988 * @name Extensions
6989 * @{
6990 */
6991
6992 /**
6993 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6994 * initialised
6995 */
6996 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6997
6998 /**
6999 * Extension messages files.
7000 *
7001 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7002 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7003 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7004 * is the most common.
7005 *
7006 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7007 * in the core.
7008 *
7009 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7010 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7011 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7012 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7013 *
7014 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7015 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7016 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7017 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7018 *
7019 * @par Example:
7020 * @code
7021 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7022 * @endcode
7023 */
7024 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7025
7026 /**
7027 * Extension messages directories.
7028 *
7029 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7030 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7031 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7032 * message directories.
7033 *
7034 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7035 *
7036 * @par Simple example:
7037 * @code
7038 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7039 * @endcode
7040 *
7041 * @par Complex example:
7042 * @code
7043 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7044 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7045 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7046 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7047 * ]
7048 * @endcode
7049 * @since 1.23
7050 */
7051 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7055 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7056 * @since 1.22
7057 */
7058 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7059
7060 /**
7061 * Parser output hooks.
7062 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7063 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7064 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7065 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7066 *
7067 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7068 *
7069 * The callback has the form:
7070 * @code
7071 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7072 * @endcode
7073 */
7074 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7075
7076 /**
7077 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7078 */
7079 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7080
7081 /**
7082 * List of valid skin names
7083 *
7084 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7085 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7086 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7087 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7088 */
7089 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7090
7091 /**
7092 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7093 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7094 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7095 * SpecialPage.
7096 */
7097 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7098
7099 /**
7100 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7101 */
7102 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7103
7104 /**
7105 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7106 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7107 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7108 */
7109 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7110
7111 /**
7112 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7113 *
7114 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7115 *
7116 * @code
7117 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7118 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7119 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7120 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7121 * 'author' => [
7122 * 'Foo Barstein',
7123 * ],
7124 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7125 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7126 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7127 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7128 * ];
7129 * @endcode
7130 *
7131 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7132 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7133 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7134 * interpreted as wikitext.
7135 *
7136 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7137 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7138 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7139 *
7140 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7141 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7142 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7143 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7144 *
7145 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7146 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7147 * usually are.)
7148 *
7149 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7150 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7151 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7152 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7153 *
7154 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7155 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7156 *
7157 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7158 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7159 *
7160 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7161 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7162 */
7163 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7164
7165 /**
7166 * Authentication plugin.
7167 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7168 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7169 */
7170 $wgAuth = null;
7171
7172 /**
7173 * Global list of hooks.
7174 *
7175 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7176 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7177 * internally by Hook:run().
7178 *
7179 * The value can be one of:
7180 *
7181 * - A function name:
7182 * @code
7183 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7184 * @endcode
7185 * - A function with some data:
7186 * @code
7187 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7188 * @endcode
7189 * - A an object method:
7190 * @code
7191 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7192 * @endcode
7193 * - A closure:
7194 * @code
7195 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7196 * // Handler code goes here.
7197 * };
7198 * @endcode
7199 *
7200 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7201 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7202 *
7203 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7204 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7205 */
7206 $wgHooks = [];
7207
7208 /**
7209 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7210 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7211 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7212 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7213 * hook for that.
7214 *
7215 * @see MediaWikiServices
7216 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7217 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7218 */
7219 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7220 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7221 ];
7222
7223 /**
7224 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7225 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7226 */
7227 $wgJobClasses = [
7228 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7229 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7230 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7231 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7232 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7233 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7234 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7235 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7236 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7237 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7238 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7239 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7240 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7241 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7242 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7243 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7244 'null' => 'NullJob'
7245 ];
7246
7247 /**
7248 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7249 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7250 *
7251 * These can be:
7252 * - Very long-running jobs.
7253 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7254 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7255 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7256 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7257 */
7258 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7259
7260 /**
7261 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7262 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7263 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7264 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7265 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7266 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7267 * @var float[]
7268 */
7269 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7270
7271 /**
7272 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7273 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7274 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7275 *
7276 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7277 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7278 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7279 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7280 *
7281 * @var float|bool
7282 * @since 1.26
7283 */
7284 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7288 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7289 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7290 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7291 */
7292 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7293 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7294 ];
7295
7296 /**
7297 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7298 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7299 */
7300 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7301 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7302 ];
7303
7304 /**
7305 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7306 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7307 */
7308 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7309 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7310 ];
7311
7312 /**
7313 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7314 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7315 * or:
7316 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7317 * Hooks should return strings or false
7318 */
7319 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7320
7321 /**
7322 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7323 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7324 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7325 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7326 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7327 */
7328 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7329 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7330 ];
7331
7332 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7333
7334 /*************************************************************************//**
7335 * @name Categories
7336 * @{
7337 */
7338
7339 /**
7340 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7341 */
7342 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7343
7344 /**
7345 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7346 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7347 */
7348 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7349
7350 /**
7351 * Paging limit for categories
7352 */
7353 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7357 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7358 *
7359 * Available values are:
7360 *
7361 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7362 *
7363 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7364 *
7365 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7366 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7367 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7368 *
7369 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7370 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7371 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7372 * server.
7373 *
7374 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7375 * the sort keys in the database.
7376 *
7377 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7378 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7379 */
7380 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7381
7382 /** @} */ # End categories }
7383
7384 /*************************************************************************//**
7385 * @name Logging
7386 * @{
7387 */
7388
7389 /**
7390 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7391 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7392 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7393 * log type.
7394 */
7395 $wgLogTypes = [
7396 '',
7397 'block',
7398 'protect',
7399 'rights',
7400 'delete',
7401 'upload',
7402 'move',
7403 'import',
7404 'patrol',
7405 'merge',
7406 'suppress',
7407 'tag',
7408 'managetags',
7409 'contentmodel',
7410 ];
7411
7412 /**
7413 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7414 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7415 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7416 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7417 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7418 */
7419 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7420 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7421 ];
7422
7423 /**
7424 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7425 *
7426 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7427 *
7428 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7429 *
7430 * @par Example:
7431 * @code
7432 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7433 * @endcode
7434 *
7435 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7436 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7437 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7438 *
7439 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7440 * for the link text.
7441 */
7442 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7443 'patrol' => true,
7444 'tag' => true,
7445 ];
7446
7447 /**
7448 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7449 * will be listed in the user interface.
7450 *
7451 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7452 *
7453 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7454 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7455 */
7456 $wgLogNames = [
7457 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7458 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7459 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7460 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7461 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7462 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7463 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7464 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7465 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7466 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7467 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7468 ];
7469
7470 /**
7471 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7472 * top of each log type.
7473 *
7474 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7475 *
7476 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7477 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7478 */
7479 $wgLogHeaders = [
7480 '' => 'alllogstext',
7481 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7482 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7483 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7484 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7485 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7486 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7487 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7488 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7489 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7490 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7491 ];
7492
7493 /**
7494 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7495 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7496 *
7497 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7498 */
7499 $wgLogActions = [];
7500
7501 /**
7502 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7503 * not messages.
7504 * @see LogPage::actionText
7505 * @see LogFormatter
7506 */
7507 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7508 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7509 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7510 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7511 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7512 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7513 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7514 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7515 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7516 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7517 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7518 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7519 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7520 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7521 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7522 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7523 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7524 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7525 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7526 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7527 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7528 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7529 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7530 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7531 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7532 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7533 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7534 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7535 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7536 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7537 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7538 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7539 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7540 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7541 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7542 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7543 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7544 ];
7545
7546 /**
7547 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7548 *
7549 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7550 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7551 * Extensions may append to this array
7552 * @since 1.27
7553 */
7554 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7555 'block' => [
7556 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7557 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7558 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7559 ],
7560 'contentmodel' => [
7561 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7562 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7563 ],
7564 'delete' => [
7565 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7566 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7567 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7568 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7569 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7570 ],
7571 'import' => [
7572 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7573 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7574 ],
7575 'managetags' => [
7576 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7577 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7578 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7579 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7580 ],
7581 'move' => [
7582 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7583 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7584 ],
7585 'newusers' => [
7586 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7587 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7588 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7589 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7590 ],
7591 'patrol' => [
7592 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7593 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7594 ],
7595 'protect' => [
7596 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7597 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7598 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7599 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7600 ],
7601 'rights' => [
7602 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7603 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7604 ],
7605 'suppress' => [
7606 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7607 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7608 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7609 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7610 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7611 ],
7612 'upload' => [
7613 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7614 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7615 ],
7616 ];
7617
7618 /**
7619 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7620 */
7621 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7622
7623 /** @} */ # end logging }
7624
7625 /*************************************************************************//**
7626 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7627 * @{
7628 */
7629
7630 /**
7631 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7632 */
7633 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7634
7635 /**
7636 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7637 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7638 */
7639 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7640
7641 /**
7642 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7643 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7644 */
7645 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7646
7647 /**
7648 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7649 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7650 */
7651 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7652
7653 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7654
7655 /*************************************************************************//**
7656 * @name Actions
7657 * @{
7658 */
7659
7660 /**
7661 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7662 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7663 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7664 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7665 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7666 * instead of the default class.
7667 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7668 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7669 */
7670 $wgActions = [
7671 'credits' => true,
7672 'delete' => true,
7673 'edit' => true,
7674 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7675 'history' => true,
7676 'info' => true,
7677 'markpatrolled' => true,
7678 'protect' => true,
7679 'purge' => true,
7680 'raw' => true,
7681 'render' => true,
7682 'revert' => true,
7683 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7684 'rollback' => true,
7685 'submit' => true,
7686 'unprotect' => true,
7687 'unwatch' => true,
7688 'view' => true,
7689 'watch' => true,
7690 ];
7691
7692 /** @} */ # end actions }
7693
7694 /*************************************************************************//**
7695 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7696 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7697 * @{
7698 */
7699
7700 /**
7701 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7702 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7703 * basis.
7704 */
7705 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7706
7707 /**
7708 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7709 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7710 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7711 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7712 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7713 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7714 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7715 *
7716 * @par Example:
7717 * @code
7718 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7719 * @endcode
7720 */
7721 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7722
7723 /**
7724 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7725 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7726 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7727 *
7728 * @par Example:
7729 * @code
7730 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7731 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7732 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7733 * ];
7734 * @endcode
7735 *
7736 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7737 * forms:
7738 * @code
7739 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7740 * # Underscore, not space!
7741 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7742 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7743 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7744 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7745 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7746 * ];
7747 * @endcode
7748 */
7749 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7750
7751 /**
7752 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7753 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7754 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7755 *
7756 * @par Example:
7757 * @code
7758 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7759 * @endcode
7760 */
7761 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7762
7763 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7764
7765 /************************************************************************//**
7766 * @name AJAX and API
7767 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7768 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7769 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7770 * @{
7771 */
7772
7773 /**
7774 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7775 * machine-readable data via api.php
7776 *
7777 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7778 */
7779 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7780
7781 /**
7782 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7783 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7784 * accesses it
7785 */
7786 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7787
7788 /**
7789 *
7790 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7791 *
7792 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7793 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7794 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7795 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7796 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7797 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7798 * requiring POST.
7799 *
7800 * @since 1.21
7801 */
7802 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7803
7804 /**
7805 * API module extensions.
7806 *
7807 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7808 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7809 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7810 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7811 *
7812 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7813 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7814 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7815 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7816 * field.
7817 *
7818 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7819 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7820 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7821 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7822 *
7823 * Examples for registering API modules:
7824 *
7825 * @code
7826 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7827 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7828 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7829 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7830 * ];
7831 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7832 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7833 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7834 * ];
7835 * @endcode
7836 *
7837 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7838 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7839 */
7840 $wgAPIModules = [];
7841
7842 /**
7843 * API format module extensions.
7844 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7845 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7846 *
7847 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7848 */
7849 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7850
7851 /**
7852 * API Query meta module extensions.
7853 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7854 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7855 *
7856 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7857 */
7858 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7859
7860 /**
7861 * API Query prop module extensions.
7862 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7863 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7864 *
7865 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7866 */
7867 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7868
7869 /**
7870 * API Query list module extensions.
7871 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7872 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7873 *
7874 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7875 */
7876 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7877
7878 /**
7879 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7880 * The default value is generally fine
7881 */
7882 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7883
7884 /**
7885 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7886 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7887 */
7888 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7889
7890 /**
7891 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7892 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7893 */
7894 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7895
7896 /**
7897 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7898 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7899 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7900 */
7901 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7902
7903 /**
7904 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7905 * API request logging
7906 */
7907 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7908
7909 /**
7910 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7911 */
7912 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7913
7914 /**
7915 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7916 * API queries.
7917 */
7918 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7919 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7920 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7921 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7922 ];
7923
7924 /**
7925 * Enable AJAX framework
7926 */
7927 $wgUseAjax = true;
7928
7929 /**
7930 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7931 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7932 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7933 */
7934 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7935
7936 /**
7937 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7938 */
7939 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7940
7941 /**
7942 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7943 */
7944 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7945
7946 /**
7947 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7948 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7949 */
7950 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7951
7952 /**
7953 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7954 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7955 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7956 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7957 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7958 *
7959 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7960 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7961 *
7962 * @par Example:
7963 * @code
7964 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7965 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7966 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7967 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7968 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7969 * ];
7970 * @endcode
7971 */
7972 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7973
7974 /**
7975 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7976 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7977 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7978 */
7979 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7980
7981 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7982
7983 /************************************************************************//**
7984 * @name Shell and process control
7985 * @{
7986 */
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7990 */
7991 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7995 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7996 */
7997 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8001 */
8002 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8003
8004 /**
8005 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8006 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8007 */
8008 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8009
8010 /**
8011 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8012 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8013 *
8014 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8015 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8016 * them segfault or deadlock.
8017 *
8018 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8019 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8020 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8021 *
8022 * @par Example:
8023 * @code
8024 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8025 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8026 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8027 * @endcode
8028 *
8029 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8030 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8031 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8032 */
8033 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8034
8035 /**
8036 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8037 */
8038 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8042 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8043 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8044 */
8045 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8046
8047 /** @} */ # End shell }
8048
8049 /************************************************************************//**
8050 * @name HTTP client
8051 * @{
8052 */
8053
8054 /**
8055 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8056 */
8057 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8058
8059 /**
8060 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8061 * @since 1.29
8062 */
8063 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8064
8065 /**
8066 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8067 */
8068 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8069
8070 /**
8071 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8072 */
8073 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Local virtual hosts.
8077 *
8078 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8079 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8080 * then no proxy will be used.
8081 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8082 * proxy if it is configured.
8083 * @since 1.25
8084 */
8085 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8086
8087 /**
8088 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8089 * Only works for curl
8090 */
8091 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8092
8093 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8094
8095 /************************************************************************//**
8096 * @name Job queue
8097 * @{
8098 */
8099
8100 /**
8101 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8102 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8103 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8104 * be run periodically.
8105 */
8106 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8107
8108 /**
8109 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8110 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8111 * execution finishes.
8112 *
8113 * @since 1.23
8114 */
8115 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8116
8117 /**
8118 * Number of rows to update per job
8119 */
8120 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * Number of rows to update per query
8124 */
8125 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8126
8127 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8128
8129 /************************************************************************//**
8130 * @name Miscellaneous
8131 * @{
8132 */
8133
8134 /**
8135 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8136 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8137 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8138 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8139 */
8140 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8141
8142 /**
8143 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8144 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8145 *
8146 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8147 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8148 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8149 */
8150 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8151
8152 /**
8153 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8154 * For debugging
8155 */
8156 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8157
8158 /**
8159 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8160 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8161 */
8162 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8166 */
8167 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8171 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8172 */
8173 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8174
8175 /**
8176 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8177 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8178 */
8179 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8180
8181 /**
8182 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8183 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8184 *
8185 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8186 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8187 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8188 * parameters.
8189 *
8190 * @par Example:
8191 * @code
8192 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8193 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8194 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8195 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8196 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8197 * ... any extension-specific options...
8198 * ];
8199 * @endcode
8200 */
8201 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8202
8203 /**
8204 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8205 */
8206 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8210 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8211 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8212 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8213 *
8214 * @since 1.21
8215 */
8216 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8217
8218 /**
8219 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8220 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8221 *
8222 * * 'ignore': return null
8223 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8224 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8225 *
8226 * @since 1.21
8227 */
8228 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8229
8230 /**
8231 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8232 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8233 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8234 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8235 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8236 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8237 *
8238 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8239 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8240 *
8241 * @since 1.21
8242 */
8243 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8247 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8248 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8249 *
8250 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8251 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8252 *
8253 * @since 1.21
8254 */
8255 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8256 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8257 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8258 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8259 ];
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8263 *
8264 * @since 1.20
8265 */
8266 $wgSiteTypes = [
8267 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8268 ];
8269
8270 /**
8271 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8272 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8273 * @since 1.23
8274 */
8275 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8276
8277 /**
8278 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8279 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8280 * @see bug 65184
8281 * @since 1.24
8282 */
8283 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8284
8285 /**
8286 * Secret for session storage.
8287 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8288 * be used.
8289 * @since 1.27
8290 */
8291 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8292
8293 /**
8294 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8295 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8296 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8297 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8298 * @since 1.27
8299 */
8300 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8301
8302 /**
8303 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8304 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8305 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8306 * be used.
8307 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8308 * @since 1.24
8309 */
8310 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8311
8312 /**
8313 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8314 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8315 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8316 * @since 1.24
8317 */
8318 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8319
8320 /**
8321 * Enable page language feature
8322 * Allows setting page language in database
8323 * @var bool
8324 * @since 1.24
8325 */
8326 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8327
8328 /**
8329 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8330 *
8331 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8332 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8333 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8334 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8335 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8336 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8337 *
8338 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8339 *
8340 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8341 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8342 * 'options' => [
8343 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8344 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8345 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8346 * ]
8347 * ];
8348 *
8349 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8350 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8351 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8352 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8353 *
8354 * Example config for Parsoid:
8355 *
8356 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8357 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8358 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8359 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8360 * ];
8361 *
8362 * @var array
8363 * @since 1.25
8364 */
8365 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8366 'paths' => [],
8367 'modules' => [],
8368 'global' => [
8369 # Timeout in seconds
8370 'timeout' => 360,
8371 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8372 'forwardCookies' => false,
8373 'HTTPProxy' => null
8374 ]
8375 ];
8376
8377 /**
8378 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8379 * these suggestions.
8380 *
8381 * @var bool
8382 * @since 1.26
8383 */
8384 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8385
8386 /**
8387 * Where popular password file is located.
8388 *
8389 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8390 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8391 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8392 *
8393 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8394 * @since 1.27
8395 * @var string path to file
8396 */
8397 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8398
8399 /*
8400 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8401 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8402 *
8403 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8404 * @since 1.27
8405 */
8406 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8407
8408 /**
8409 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8410 *
8411 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8412 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8413 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8414 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8415 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8416 *
8417 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8418 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8419 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8420 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8421 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8422 *
8423 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8424 *
8425 * @since 1.27
8426 */
8427 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8428 'default' => [
8429 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8430 ]
8431 ];
8432
8433 /**
8434 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8435 *
8436 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8437 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8438 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8439 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8440 *
8441 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8442 *
8443 * @var bool
8444 * @since 1.28
8445 */
8446 $wgPingback = false;
8447
8448 /**
8449 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8450 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8451 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8452 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8453 *
8454 * @since 1.28
8455 */
8456 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8457 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8458 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8459 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8460 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8461 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8462 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8463 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8464 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8465 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8466 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8467 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8468 ];
8469
8470 /**
8471 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8472 *
8473 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8474 *
8475 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8476 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8477 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8478 *
8479 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8480 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8481 */
8482 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8483 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8484 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8485 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8486
8487 /**
8488 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8489 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8490 * @}
8491 */